welcome and introduction to bsc (hons) applied equitation ...€¦ · web viewthis is a world...
Post on 15-Jun-2018
215 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
Plymouth University
Academic Partnerships
DUCHY COLLEGE
Programme Quality Handbook
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Academic Year 2016-2017
1 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please
contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the
2 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
control of the College interfere with its ability to provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)4
2 Programme Team6
3 Personal Tutor8
31 Plymouth Portal9
4 Programme Details10
41 Enhancement Activities10
42 Progression through the programme11
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University11
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides13
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback14
8 Student Feedback25
81 Student Representation and Enhancement25
82 Student Perception Surveys25
83 Closing the Feedback Loop26
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)26
85 Complaints27
86 Extenuating Circumstances27
9 Appendix29
91 Programme Specification29
4 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
This programme is unique it is on the only level 6 degree programme in Equitation Science in the world It is delivered and assessed by founders and council members of the International Society for Equitation Science This allows your involvement in the development of both the Equitation Science academic discipline and the practitioner industry base
This programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science and to produce graduates required by the changing equine Industry
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
encourages students to tailor the programme to their own interests and desired career path
is taught by staff pivotal in the development of the Equitation Science as an academic discipline who have established core areas of research activity
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition this programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links needed for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active and have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff which is important for all students but particularly for students progressing from FdSc programmes who are accustomed to being supported in this way
An expanding bank of equitation science related resources
You are encouraged to make use of as many work-based learning opportunities as you can Work-related learning is integrated into the teachingdelivery and assessment of this programme If you have the chance to work in industry during term time you can Materials are posted on Moodle and your tutor will support you
This programme is awarded by Plymouth University and benefits from a wide range of learning opportunities in terms of academic resources social aspects and sporting opportunities
5 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Previous students have gained employment in a wide range of areas both within the equestrian sector and more widely in the animal health welfare competition and business sectors Some are successfully self-employed whilst others are in full time salaried employment Some have continued in education having got the researching bug and have completed masters qualifications others are now lecturing
Below are some quotes from ex-students
ldquoAn excellent course that gave me the knowledge to set up my own behavioural consultancy businessrdquo Rose Scofield (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
ldquoIt is great to be taught by such knowledgeable staffrdquo Michelle Westcott (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoI had an amazing chance to be involved in worldwide research into equitation sciencerdquo Hayley Edwards (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoThe support from tutors is legendaryrdquo Robyn Petrie-Ritchie (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
The external examiners for this programme have said
ldquoThis is a world leading programme with an exemplary level of student supportrdquo (Dr Emma Creighton July 2013)
ldquoThis course uses innovative assessment methods that challenged the students and enhance the development of graduate attributesrdquo (Dr Carol Hall July 2014)
The distinctive features of the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science are
aligns strongly with the International Society for Equitation Science
produces graduates needed by the changing equine Industry
allows you to work independently and pursue your own areas of interest for now and in the future
is delivered by established internationally renowned academic and practitioner staff
involves you in the future direction Equitation Science and the horse industry in general
This Programme Quality Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and supporting you Details of your programme of study and assessment
This programme is written in accordance with the UK Quality Code for Higher Education This ensures that all degree level programmes in the UK are delivered appropriately External examiners play an important role in quality assurance of your programme and you will have the opportunity to
6 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
discuss the programme with them as well as reading their annual reports which are available on the VLE for your programme
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including
The approved programme specification Module records
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Alison Abbey Module Leader Managing Equine Performance
Alison holds a MA in Education is your programme manager she also manages the Foundation Degree Equitation Training and Behaviour programme at Duchy College working alongside Plymouth University Alison she is the external examiner at Reaseheath College for the BSc Equine Science and Sports Performance Her research interests lie in the relationship between the horse and human and how better to understand the nature of the space between the two in order to improve horse welfare Alison has trained and still trains many horses and has competed successfully in advanced dressage she has also trained riders who have competed internationally including British team pony junior and young riders in eventing advanced dressage and event riders including a South African Olympic rider She has been involved in Equitation Science since the introduction of the programme in 2008 where her practical and academic knowledge combined with others scientific knowledge within the team has resulted in a unique and exciting merging of skills
Contact details alisonabbeyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372410 HE Office Parsons Building
Module Leaders and Delivery Staff
Dr Anna Walker Module Leader Equitation Science Honours Project Applied Rider Performance
Anna graduated from the University of Bristol in 2005 with a BSc (Hons) in Equine Science During her undergraduate studies a keen interest in animal locomotion led to her research dissertation supervised by Dr GRColborne investigating the effects of velocity on work patterns in trotting greyhounds The opportunity then arose for continued study through a PhD at the Royal Veterinary College entitled lsquoBiomechanics of lameness in Quadrupedsrsquo under the supervision of Professor A Wilson and Dr-Ing T Pfau Her PhD involved two main areas of study
bull Part of a large DEFRA funded project investigating changes in locomotion parameters associated with lameness in dairy cattle The findings are to be utilised in the development of a quantitative automated early lameness detection system improving the welfare and economic concerns associated with lameness on dairy farms
bull Investigation of a novel method for kinematic gait analysis in horses The system that has been developed provides a means for studying multiple consecutive strides in field which in the future could provide a clinically applicable gait analysis tool
Following successful completion and defence of her PhD Anna went on to gain further skills through her appointment as a Lecturer in Equine at Moulton College This position involved the supervision of a PhD project investigating lsquoThe Use of the Aqua-treadmill in Equine Rehabilitation and Therapyrsquo The role also
7 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please
contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the
2 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
control of the College interfere with its ability to provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)4
2 Programme Team6
3 Personal Tutor8
31 Plymouth Portal9
4 Programme Details10
41 Enhancement Activities10
42 Progression through the programme11
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University11
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides13
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback14
8 Student Feedback25
81 Student Representation and Enhancement25
82 Student Perception Surveys25
83 Closing the Feedback Loop26
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)26
85 Complaints27
86 Extenuating Circumstances27
9 Appendix29
91 Programme Specification29
4 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
This programme is unique it is on the only level 6 degree programme in Equitation Science in the world It is delivered and assessed by founders and council members of the International Society for Equitation Science This allows your involvement in the development of both the Equitation Science academic discipline and the practitioner industry base
This programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science and to produce graduates required by the changing equine Industry
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
encourages students to tailor the programme to their own interests and desired career path
is taught by staff pivotal in the development of the Equitation Science as an academic discipline who have established core areas of research activity
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition this programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links needed for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active and have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff which is important for all students but particularly for students progressing from FdSc programmes who are accustomed to being supported in this way
An expanding bank of equitation science related resources
You are encouraged to make use of as many work-based learning opportunities as you can Work-related learning is integrated into the teachingdelivery and assessment of this programme If you have the chance to work in industry during term time you can Materials are posted on Moodle and your tutor will support you
This programme is awarded by Plymouth University and benefits from a wide range of learning opportunities in terms of academic resources social aspects and sporting opportunities
5 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Previous students have gained employment in a wide range of areas both within the equestrian sector and more widely in the animal health welfare competition and business sectors Some are successfully self-employed whilst others are in full time salaried employment Some have continued in education having got the researching bug and have completed masters qualifications others are now lecturing
Below are some quotes from ex-students
ldquoAn excellent course that gave me the knowledge to set up my own behavioural consultancy businessrdquo Rose Scofield (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
ldquoIt is great to be taught by such knowledgeable staffrdquo Michelle Westcott (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoI had an amazing chance to be involved in worldwide research into equitation sciencerdquo Hayley Edwards (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoThe support from tutors is legendaryrdquo Robyn Petrie-Ritchie (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
The external examiners for this programme have said
ldquoThis is a world leading programme with an exemplary level of student supportrdquo (Dr Emma Creighton July 2013)
ldquoThis course uses innovative assessment methods that challenged the students and enhance the development of graduate attributesrdquo (Dr Carol Hall July 2014)
The distinctive features of the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science are
aligns strongly with the International Society for Equitation Science
produces graduates needed by the changing equine Industry
allows you to work independently and pursue your own areas of interest for now and in the future
is delivered by established internationally renowned academic and practitioner staff
involves you in the future direction Equitation Science and the horse industry in general
This Programme Quality Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and supporting you Details of your programme of study and assessment
This programme is written in accordance with the UK Quality Code for Higher Education This ensures that all degree level programmes in the UK are delivered appropriately External examiners play an important role in quality assurance of your programme and you will have the opportunity to
6 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
discuss the programme with them as well as reading their annual reports which are available on the VLE for your programme
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including
The approved programme specification Module records
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Alison Abbey Module Leader Managing Equine Performance
Alison holds a MA in Education is your programme manager she also manages the Foundation Degree Equitation Training and Behaviour programme at Duchy College working alongside Plymouth University Alison she is the external examiner at Reaseheath College for the BSc Equine Science and Sports Performance Her research interests lie in the relationship between the horse and human and how better to understand the nature of the space between the two in order to improve horse welfare Alison has trained and still trains many horses and has competed successfully in advanced dressage she has also trained riders who have competed internationally including British team pony junior and young riders in eventing advanced dressage and event riders including a South African Olympic rider She has been involved in Equitation Science since the introduction of the programme in 2008 where her practical and academic knowledge combined with others scientific knowledge within the team has resulted in a unique and exciting merging of skills
Contact details alisonabbeyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372410 HE Office Parsons Building
Module Leaders and Delivery Staff
Dr Anna Walker Module Leader Equitation Science Honours Project Applied Rider Performance
Anna graduated from the University of Bristol in 2005 with a BSc (Hons) in Equine Science During her undergraduate studies a keen interest in animal locomotion led to her research dissertation supervised by Dr GRColborne investigating the effects of velocity on work patterns in trotting greyhounds The opportunity then arose for continued study through a PhD at the Royal Veterinary College entitled lsquoBiomechanics of lameness in Quadrupedsrsquo under the supervision of Professor A Wilson and Dr-Ing T Pfau Her PhD involved two main areas of study
bull Part of a large DEFRA funded project investigating changes in locomotion parameters associated with lameness in dairy cattle The findings are to be utilised in the development of a quantitative automated early lameness detection system improving the welfare and economic concerns associated with lameness on dairy farms
bull Investigation of a novel method for kinematic gait analysis in horses The system that has been developed provides a means for studying multiple consecutive strides in field which in the future could provide a clinically applicable gait analysis tool
Following successful completion and defence of her PhD Anna went on to gain further skills through her appointment as a Lecturer in Equine at Moulton College This position involved the supervision of a PhD project investigating lsquoThe Use of the Aqua-treadmill in Equine Rehabilitation and Therapyrsquo The role also
7 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
control of the College interfere with its ability to provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)4
2 Programme Team6
3 Personal Tutor8
31 Plymouth Portal9
4 Programme Details10
41 Enhancement Activities10
42 Progression through the programme11
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University11
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides13
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback14
8 Student Feedback25
81 Student Representation and Enhancement25
82 Student Perception Surveys25
83 Closing the Feedback Loop26
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)26
85 Complaints27
86 Extenuating Circumstances27
9 Appendix29
91 Programme Specification29
4 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
This programme is unique it is on the only level 6 degree programme in Equitation Science in the world It is delivered and assessed by founders and council members of the International Society for Equitation Science This allows your involvement in the development of both the Equitation Science academic discipline and the practitioner industry base
This programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science and to produce graduates required by the changing equine Industry
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
encourages students to tailor the programme to their own interests and desired career path
is taught by staff pivotal in the development of the Equitation Science as an academic discipline who have established core areas of research activity
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition this programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links needed for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active and have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff which is important for all students but particularly for students progressing from FdSc programmes who are accustomed to being supported in this way
An expanding bank of equitation science related resources
You are encouraged to make use of as many work-based learning opportunities as you can Work-related learning is integrated into the teachingdelivery and assessment of this programme If you have the chance to work in industry during term time you can Materials are posted on Moodle and your tutor will support you
This programme is awarded by Plymouth University and benefits from a wide range of learning opportunities in terms of academic resources social aspects and sporting opportunities
5 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Previous students have gained employment in a wide range of areas both within the equestrian sector and more widely in the animal health welfare competition and business sectors Some are successfully self-employed whilst others are in full time salaried employment Some have continued in education having got the researching bug and have completed masters qualifications others are now lecturing
Below are some quotes from ex-students
ldquoAn excellent course that gave me the knowledge to set up my own behavioural consultancy businessrdquo Rose Scofield (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
ldquoIt is great to be taught by such knowledgeable staffrdquo Michelle Westcott (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoI had an amazing chance to be involved in worldwide research into equitation sciencerdquo Hayley Edwards (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoThe support from tutors is legendaryrdquo Robyn Petrie-Ritchie (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
The external examiners for this programme have said
ldquoThis is a world leading programme with an exemplary level of student supportrdquo (Dr Emma Creighton July 2013)
ldquoThis course uses innovative assessment methods that challenged the students and enhance the development of graduate attributesrdquo (Dr Carol Hall July 2014)
The distinctive features of the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science are
aligns strongly with the International Society for Equitation Science
produces graduates needed by the changing equine Industry
allows you to work independently and pursue your own areas of interest for now and in the future
is delivered by established internationally renowned academic and practitioner staff
involves you in the future direction Equitation Science and the horse industry in general
This Programme Quality Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and supporting you Details of your programme of study and assessment
This programme is written in accordance with the UK Quality Code for Higher Education This ensures that all degree level programmes in the UK are delivered appropriately External examiners play an important role in quality assurance of your programme and you will have the opportunity to
6 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
discuss the programme with them as well as reading their annual reports which are available on the VLE for your programme
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including
The approved programme specification Module records
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Alison Abbey Module Leader Managing Equine Performance
Alison holds a MA in Education is your programme manager she also manages the Foundation Degree Equitation Training and Behaviour programme at Duchy College working alongside Plymouth University Alison she is the external examiner at Reaseheath College for the BSc Equine Science and Sports Performance Her research interests lie in the relationship between the horse and human and how better to understand the nature of the space between the two in order to improve horse welfare Alison has trained and still trains many horses and has competed successfully in advanced dressage she has also trained riders who have competed internationally including British team pony junior and young riders in eventing advanced dressage and event riders including a South African Olympic rider She has been involved in Equitation Science since the introduction of the programme in 2008 where her practical and academic knowledge combined with others scientific knowledge within the team has resulted in a unique and exciting merging of skills
Contact details alisonabbeyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372410 HE Office Parsons Building
Module Leaders and Delivery Staff
Dr Anna Walker Module Leader Equitation Science Honours Project Applied Rider Performance
Anna graduated from the University of Bristol in 2005 with a BSc (Hons) in Equine Science During her undergraduate studies a keen interest in animal locomotion led to her research dissertation supervised by Dr GRColborne investigating the effects of velocity on work patterns in trotting greyhounds The opportunity then arose for continued study through a PhD at the Royal Veterinary College entitled lsquoBiomechanics of lameness in Quadrupedsrsquo under the supervision of Professor A Wilson and Dr-Ing T Pfau Her PhD involved two main areas of study
bull Part of a large DEFRA funded project investigating changes in locomotion parameters associated with lameness in dairy cattle The findings are to be utilised in the development of a quantitative automated early lameness detection system improving the welfare and economic concerns associated with lameness on dairy farms
bull Investigation of a novel method for kinematic gait analysis in horses The system that has been developed provides a means for studying multiple consecutive strides in field which in the future could provide a clinically applicable gait analysis tool
Following successful completion and defence of her PhD Anna went on to gain further skills through her appointment as a Lecturer in Equine at Moulton College This position involved the supervision of a PhD project investigating lsquoThe Use of the Aqua-treadmill in Equine Rehabilitation and Therapyrsquo The role also
7 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)4
2 Programme Team6
3 Personal Tutor8
31 Plymouth Portal9
4 Programme Details10
41 Enhancement Activities10
42 Progression through the programme11
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University11
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides13
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback14
8 Student Feedback25
81 Student Representation and Enhancement25
82 Student Perception Surveys25
83 Closing the Feedback Loop26
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)26
85 Complaints27
86 Extenuating Circumstances27
9 Appendix29
91 Programme Specification29
4 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
This programme is unique it is on the only level 6 degree programme in Equitation Science in the world It is delivered and assessed by founders and council members of the International Society for Equitation Science This allows your involvement in the development of both the Equitation Science academic discipline and the practitioner industry base
This programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science and to produce graduates required by the changing equine Industry
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
encourages students to tailor the programme to their own interests and desired career path
is taught by staff pivotal in the development of the Equitation Science as an academic discipline who have established core areas of research activity
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition this programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links needed for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active and have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff which is important for all students but particularly for students progressing from FdSc programmes who are accustomed to being supported in this way
An expanding bank of equitation science related resources
You are encouraged to make use of as many work-based learning opportunities as you can Work-related learning is integrated into the teachingdelivery and assessment of this programme If you have the chance to work in industry during term time you can Materials are posted on Moodle and your tutor will support you
This programme is awarded by Plymouth University and benefits from a wide range of learning opportunities in terms of academic resources social aspects and sporting opportunities
5 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Previous students have gained employment in a wide range of areas both within the equestrian sector and more widely in the animal health welfare competition and business sectors Some are successfully self-employed whilst others are in full time salaried employment Some have continued in education having got the researching bug and have completed masters qualifications others are now lecturing
Below are some quotes from ex-students
ldquoAn excellent course that gave me the knowledge to set up my own behavioural consultancy businessrdquo Rose Scofield (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
ldquoIt is great to be taught by such knowledgeable staffrdquo Michelle Westcott (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoI had an amazing chance to be involved in worldwide research into equitation sciencerdquo Hayley Edwards (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoThe support from tutors is legendaryrdquo Robyn Petrie-Ritchie (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
The external examiners for this programme have said
ldquoThis is a world leading programme with an exemplary level of student supportrdquo (Dr Emma Creighton July 2013)
ldquoThis course uses innovative assessment methods that challenged the students and enhance the development of graduate attributesrdquo (Dr Carol Hall July 2014)
The distinctive features of the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science are
aligns strongly with the International Society for Equitation Science
produces graduates needed by the changing equine Industry
allows you to work independently and pursue your own areas of interest for now and in the future
is delivered by established internationally renowned academic and practitioner staff
involves you in the future direction Equitation Science and the horse industry in general
This Programme Quality Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and supporting you Details of your programme of study and assessment
This programme is written in accordance with the UK Quality Code for Higher Education This ensures that all degree level programmes in the UK are delivered appropriately External examiners play an important role in quality assurance of your programme and you will have the opportunity to
6 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
discuss the programme with them as well as reading their annual reports which are available on the VLE for your programme
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including
The approved programme specification Module records
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Alison Abbey Module Leader Managing Equine Performance
Alison holds a MA in Education is your programme manager she also manages the Foundation Degree Equitation Training and Behaviour programme at Duchy College working alongside Plymouth University Alison she is the external examiner at Reaseheath College for the BSc Equine Science and Sports Performance Her research interests lie in the relationship between the horse and human and how better to understand the nature of the space between the two in order to improve horse welfare Alison has trained and still trains many horses and has competed successfully in advanced dressage she has also trained riders who have competed internationally including British team pony junior and young riders in eventing advanced dressage and event riders including a South African Olympic rider She has been involved in Equitation Science since the introduction of the programme in 2008 where her practical and academic knowledge combined with others scientific knowledge within the team has resulted in a unique and exciting merging of skills
Contact details alisonabbeyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372410 HE Office Parsons Building
Module Leaders and Delivery Staff
Dr Anna Walker Module Leader Equitation Science Honours Project Applied Rider Performance
Anna graduated from the University of Bristol in 2005 with a BSc (Hons) in Equine Science During her undergraduate studies a keen interest in animal locomotion led to her research dissertation supervised by Dr GRColborne investigating the effects of velocity on work patterns in trotting greyhounds The opportunity then arose for continued study through a PhD at the Royal Veterinary College entitled lsquoBiomechanics of lameness in Quadrupedsrsquo under the supervision of Professor A Wilson and Dr-Ing T Pfau Her PhD involved two main areas of study
bull Part of a large DEFRA funded project investigating changes in locomotion parameters associated with lameness in dairy cattle The findings are to be utilised in the development of a quantitative automated early lameness detection system improving the welfare and economic concerns associated with lameness on dairy farms
bull Investigation of a novel method for kinematic gait analysis in horses The system that has been developed provides a means for studying multiple consecutive strides in field which in the future could provide a clinically applicable gait analysis tool
Following successful completion and defence of her PhD Anna went on to gain further skills through her appointment as a Lecturer in Equine at Moulton College This position involved the supervision of a PhD project investigating lsquoThe Use of the Aqua-treadmill in Equine Rehabilitation and Therapyrsquo The role also
7 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
This programme is unique it is on the only level 6 degree programme in Equitation Science in the world It is delivered and assessed by founders and council members of the International Society for Equitation Science This allows your involvement in the development of both the Equitation Science academic discipline and the practitioner industry base
This programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science and to produce graduates required by the changing equine Industry
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
encourages students to tailor the programme to their own interests and desired career path
is taught by staff pivotal in the development of the Equitation Science as an academic discipline who have established core areas of research activity
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition this programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links needed for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active and have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff which is important for all students but particularly for students progressing from FdSc programmes who are accustomed to being supported in this way
An expanding bank of equitation science related resources
You are encouraged to make use of as many work-based learning opportunities as you can Work-related learning is integrated into the teachingdelivery and assessment of this programme If you have the chance to work in industry during term time you can Materials are posted on Moodle and your tutor will support you
This programme is awarded by Plymouth University and benefits from a wide range of learning opportunities in terms of academic resources social aspects and sporting opportunities
5 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Previous students have gained employment in a wide range of areas both within the equestrian sector and more widely in the animal health welfare competition and business sectors Some are successfully self-employed whilst others are in full time salaried employment Some have continued in education having got the researching bug and have completed masters qualifications others are now lecturing
Below are some quotes from ex-students
ldquoAn excellent course that gave me the knowledge to set up my own behavioural consultancy businessrdquo Rose Scofield (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
ldquoIt is great to be taught by such knowledgeable staffrdquo Michelle Westcott (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoI had an amazing chance to be involved in worldwide research into equitation sciencerdquo Hayley Edwards (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoThe support from tutors is legendaryrdquo Robyn Petrie-Ritchie (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
The external examiners for this programme have said
ldquoThis is a world leading programme with an exemplary level of student supportrdquo (Dr Emma Creighton July 2013)
ldquoThis course uses innovative assessment methods that challenged the students and enhance the development of graduate attributesrdquo (Dr Carol Hall July 2014)
The distinctive features of the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science are
aligns strongly with the International Society for Equitation Science
produces graduates needed by the changing equine Industry
allows you to work independently and pursue your own areas of interest for now and in the future
is delivered by established internationally renowned academic and practitioner staff
involves you in the future direction Equitation Science and the horse industry in general
This Programme Quality Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and supporting you Details of your programme of study and assessment
This programme is written in accordance with the UK Quality Code for Higher Education This ensures that all degree level programmes in the UK are delivered appropriately External examiners play an important role in quality assurance of your programme and you will have the opportunity to
6 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
discuss the programme with them as well as reading their annual reports which are available on the VLE for your programme
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including
The approved programme specification Module records
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Alison Abbey Module Leader Managing Equine Performance
Alison holds a MA in Education is your programme manager she also manages the Foundation Degree Equitation Training and Behaviour programme at Duchy College working alongside Plymouth University Alison she is the external examiner at Reaseheath College for the BSc Equine Science and Sports Performance Her research interests lie in the relationship between the horse and human and how better to understand the nature of the space between the two in order to improve horse welfare Alison has trained and still trains many horses and has competed successfully in advanced dressage she has also trained riders who have competed internationally including British team pony junior and young riders in eventing advanced dressage and event riders including a South African Olympic rider She has been involved in Equitation Science since the introduction of the programme in 2008 where her practical and academic knowledge combined with others scientific knowledge within the team has resulted in a unique and exciting merging of skills
Contact details alisonabbeyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372410 HE Office Parsons Building
Module Leaders and Delivery Staff
Dr Anna Walker Module Leader Equitation Science Honours Project Applied Rider Performance
Anna graduated from the University of Bristol in 2005 with a BSc (Hons) in Equine Science During her undergraduate studies a keen interest in animal locomotion led to her research dissertation supervised by Dr GRColborne investigating the effects of velocity on work patterns in trotting greyhounds The opportunity then arose for continued study through a PhD at the Royal Veterinary College entitled lsquoBiomechanics of lameness in Quadrupedsrsquo under the supervision of Professor A Wilson and Dr-Ing T Pfau Her PhD involved two main areas of study
bull Part of a large DEFRA funded project investigating changes in locomotion parameters associated with lameness in dairy cattle The findings are to be utilised in the development of a quantitative automated early lameness detection system improving the welfare and economic concerns associated with lameness on dairy farms
bull Investigation of a novel method for kinematic gait analysis in horses The system that has been developed provides a means for studying multiple consecutive strides in field which in the future could provide a clinically applicable gait analysis tool
Following successful completion and defence of her PhD Anna went on to gain further skills through her appointment as a Lecturer in Equine at Moulton College This position involved the supervision of a PhD project investigating lsquoThe Use of the Aqua-treadmill in Equine Rehabilitation and Therapyrsquo The role also
7 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Previous students have gained employment in a wide range of areas both within the equestrian sector and more widely in the animal health welfare competition and business sectors Some are successfully self-employed whilst others are in full time salaried employment Some have continued in education having got the researching bug and have completed masters qualifications others are now lecturing
Below are some quotes from ex-students
ldquoAn excellent course that gave me the knowledge to set up my own behavioural consultancy businessrdquo Rose Scofield (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
ldquoIt is great to be taught by such knowledgeable staffrdquo Michelle Westcott (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoI had an amazing chance to be involved in worldwide research into equitation sciencerdquo Hayley Edwards (BSc Hons Equitation Science)
ldquoThe support from tutors is legendaryrdquo Robyn Petrie-Ritchie (BSc Hons Equitation Science ResM Equitation Science)
The external examiners for this programme have said
ldquoThis is a world leading programme with an exemplary level of student supportrdquo (Dr Emma Creighton July 2013)
ldquoThis course uses innovative assessment methods that challenged the students and enhance the development of graduate attributesrdquo (Dr Carol Hall July 2014)
The distinctive features of the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science are
aligns strongly with the International Society for Equitation Science
produces graduates needed by the changing equine Industry
allows you to work independently and pursue your own areas of interest for now and in the future
is delivered by established internationally renowned academic and practitioner staff
involves you in the future direction Equitation Science and the horse industry in general
This Programme Quality Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and supporting you Details of your programme of study and assessment
This programme is written in accordance with the UK Quality Code for Higher Education This ensures that all degree level programmes in the UK are delivered appropriately External examiners play an important role in quality assurance of your programme and you will have the opportunity to
6 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
discuss the programme with them as well as reading their annual reports which are available on the VLE for your programme
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including
The approved programme specification Module records
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Alison Abbey Module Leader Managing Equine Performance
Alison holds a MA in Education is your programme manager she also manages the Foundation Degree Equitation Training and Behaviour programme at Duchy College working alongside Plymouth University Alison she is the external examiner at Reaseheath College for the BSc Equine Science and Sports Performance Her research interests lie in the relationship between the horse and human and how better to understand the nature of the space between the two in order to improve horse welfare Alison has trained and still trains many horses and has competed successfully in advanced dressage she has also trained riders who have competed internationally including British team pony junior and young riders in eventing advanced dressage and event riders including a South African Olympic rider She has been involved in Equitation Science since the introduction of the programme in 2008 where her practical and academic knowledge combined with others scientific knowledge within the team has resulted in a unique and exciting merging of skills
Contact details alisonabbeyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372410 HE Office Parsons Building
Module Leaders and Delivery Staff
Dr Anna Walker Module Leader Equitation Science Honours Project Applied Rider Performance
Anna graduated from the University of Bristol in 2005 with a BSc (Hons) in Equine Science During her undergraduate studies a keen interest in animal locomotion led to her research dissertation supervised by Dr GRColborne investigating the effects of velocity on work patterns in trotting greyhounds The opportunity then arose for continued study through a PhD at the Royal Veterinary College entitled lsquoBiomechanics of lameness in Quadrupedsrsquo under the supervision of Professor A Wilson and Dr-Ing T Pfau Her PhD involved two main areas of study
bull Part of a large DEFRA funded project investigating changes in locomotion parameters associated with lameness in dairy cattle The findings are to be utilised in the development of a quantitative automated early lameness detection system improving the welfare and economic concerns associated with lameness on dairy farms
bull Investigation of a novel method for kinematic gait analysis in horses The system that has been developed provides a means for studying multiple consecutive strides in field which in the future could provide a clinically applicable gait analysis tool
Following successful completion and defence of her PhD Anna went on to gain further skills through her appointment as a Lecturer in Equine at Moulton College This position involved the supervision of a PhD project investigating lsquoThe Use of the Aqua-treadmill in Equine Rehabilitation and Therapyrsquo The role also
7 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
discuss the programme with them as well as reading their annual reports which are available on the VLE for your programme
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including
The approved programme specification Module records
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Alison Abbey Module Leader Managing Equine Performance
Alison holds a MA in Education is your programme manager she also manages the Foundation Degree Equitation Training and Behaviour programme at Duchy College working alongside Plymouth University Alison she is the external examiner at Reaseheath College for the BSc Equine Science and Sports Performance Her research interests lie in the relationship between the horse and human and how better to understand the nature of the space between the two in order to improve horse welfare Alison has trained and still trains many horses and has competed successfully in advanced dressage she has also trained riders who have competed internationally including British team pony junior and young riders in eventing advanced dressage and event riders including a South African Olympic rider She has been involved in Equitation Science since the introduction of the programme in 2008 where her practical and academic knowledge combined with others scientific knowledge within the team has resulted in a unique and exciting merging of skills
Contact details alisonabbeyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372410 HE Office Parsons Building
Module Leaders and Delivery Staff
Dr Anna Walker Module Leader Equitation Science Honours Project Applied Rider Performance
Anna graduated from the University of Bristol in 2005 with a BSc (Hons) in Equine Science During her undergraduate studies a keen interest in animal locomotion led to her research dissertation supervised by Dr GRColborne investigating the effects of velocity on work patterns in trotting greyhounds The opportunity then arose for continued study through a PhD at the Royal Veterinary College entitled lsquoBiomechanics of lameness in Quadrupedsrsquo under the supervision of Professor A Wilson and Dr-Ing T Pfau Her PhD involved two main areas of study
bull Part of a large DEFRA funded project investigating changes in locomotion parameters associated with lameness in dairy cattle The findings are to be utilised in the development of a quantitative automated early lameness detection system improving the welfare and economic concerns associated with lameness on dairy farms
bull Investigation of a novel method for kinematic gait analysis in horses The system that has been developed provides a means for studying multiple consecutive strides in field which in the future could provide a clinically applicable gait analysis tool
Following successful completion and defence of her PhD Anna went on to gain further skills through her appointment as a Lecturer in Equine at Moulton College This position involved the supervision of a PhD project investigating lsquoThe Use of the Aqua-treadmill in Equine Rehabilitation and Therapyrsquo The role also
7 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
involved completion of a teaching qualification (PGCE) and involved a new avenue of research into education and focussed on lsquoThe Effect of Group Size on Studentrsquo Motivation and Learningrsquo Further research supervision included multiple undergraduate research projects covering a variety of equine related topics from Behaviour and Stud books to Injury Prevalence in Eventing and the Efficacy of Thermography
Anna has recently been working at the Royal Veterinary College as a postdoctoral researcher in the Structure and Motion Laboratory
annawalkerduchyacuk Tel 01579372286 HE office Parsons Building
Sue Horseman Module Leader Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology
Sue recently joined the HE equine team at Duchy as the programme manager for our post graduate provision Sue has worked within the equine industry as a riding instructor and groom and since 2008 has been at the Vet School at the University of Bristol where she gained a BSc and MSc (by research) in Animal Behaviour and Welfare She is soon to complete her PhD entitled Equine Welfare in England and Wales Current problems and solutions Sue has an interest in equine welfare and behaviour and in particular how the horse-human relationship and human behaviour impact on these Her PhD has looked at caregiver practices which impact on equine welfare where she has sought to understand what drives behaviours which are detrimental to welfare and how to motivate caregivers to make changes to their practice to improve equine welfare Additionally Sue is interested in how behaviour problems including training related problems develop and how to resolve them
Contact details susnhorsemanduchyacuk Tel 01579372307 HE office Parsons Building
Paul Hallam MRCVS Module Deliverer Veterinary Issues
Paul qualified from Glasgow Vet School in 2000 and joined the team at Calwetton veterinary practice in 2012 He is an experienced equine vet with a particular interest in fertility and acupuncture Paul also breeds and shows Warmbloods and is a popular local equine artist
Resource staff
Catherine Marley Resources Facilitator amp Learning Centre Lead
Contact details stokelearningcentreemailcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372213
Hilary Scott Learning Resource Manager e-Learning Facilitator
Contact details hilaryscottcornwallacuk Tel 01579 372318
Joanne Challacombe (BSc Hons Equitation Science) Duchy College Equestrian Centre Manager
Contact details joannechallacombeduchyacuk Tel 01579 372240 Yard Office
Learning support staff
Hilary Burns Disability and Learning Support
Contact details hilaryburnscornwallacuk Tel 01209 616326 HE Learning Support Lead
For matters regarding disability support contact Shuna Harvey in the first instance
8 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Lucy Weaver ndash Higher Education Senior TutorThe HEST is a supportive and guiding role for students and will be working closely with the HEAR to support your wellbeing throughout your learning journey
Administration staff
Shuna Harvey HE administrator amp HE admissions
Contact details shunaharveyduchyacuk Tel 01579 372320 HE Office Parsons Building
Louise Simmons HE admissions
Contact details louisesimmonsduchyacuk Tel 01579 372358 Admissions Bell Tower
Corporate Administration staff
Matthew Tonkin Corporate HE Assistant Registrar The Corporate HEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork associated with the programme
Contact details mathewtonkincornwallacuk Tel 01209 617757 Camborne
3 Personal TutorYour Programme Leader is your personal tutor and should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) HE Bulletin HE Notice board in CUC Foyer Notice boards in HE1 CUC building and common room
9 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
Whilst enrolled on the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science you will have the opportunity to conduct hands-on practical work within the discipline You will be encouraged to pursue your own research ideas and be supported to explore the ldquowhat ifrsquosrdquo within the equestrian sphere You will have access to specialist equipment which can be used to assess evaluate modify and improve your own equitation practices whether in-hand ridden or otherwise
Due to the contact that your programme manager and the delivery team have you will be exposed to contemporary industry practice and quite possibly be asked to engage in industry required research or the production of practice guides For example the framework and initial content of the ISES Code of Conduct (wwwequitationsciencecomcode-of-conduct) was produced by graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
This programme focuses on the unique varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation and horse welfare This course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of training and equitation techniques alongside the application of existing and emerging technology to investigate both training methodologies and equipment used in horse and rider training
This programme will enable students to further develop existing knowledge and to share findings with the industry The knowledge gained will be applicable to horses and owners operating at leisure and competitive levels and across all disciplines The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
An important aspect of this degree is its applied nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have practical and praxis elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your area and simulations Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported Work-related activities are embedded across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicals in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
11 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
42 Progression through the programme
If you have previously studied a FdSc awarded by Plymouth University eg FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated from the marks gained from the FdSc and the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programmes as below
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5 60 from Level 6
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities 12 | P a g e
Student Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
13 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Seminars Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practical assessments Poster presentations Formal examinations Portfolios Individual reports and essays Viva voce examination
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 40 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science The BSc year is classified as follows 40-49 = 3rd class 50-59 = Lower 2nd class (2ii) 60-69 = Upper 2nd class (2i) and 70 and above = First class
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification (Appendix 1) for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom
14 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
Each Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
This section explains the assessment process This includes an explanation of the following key aspects
Assessment and moderation process Assessment format and presentation expectations Assessment submission process Assessment submission deadlines Resitting assessments Assessment feedback and criteria and Modified assessment provision
During your studies you may hear references to the ldquoworking dayrdquo in regards to submissions and feedback Please note in line with Plymouth University regulations a working day is now defined as ldquoa day on which the College is open This excludes weekends Bank Holidays and times when the College is closed such as the period between Christmas and New Year but includes both term-time and student vacation periodsrsquorsquo
15 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Assessment and moderation process
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSA
P (r
atific
ation
) st
age
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2014
16 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed to Module Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module
Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Assessment format and presentation expectations
You are expected to submit your work in standardised format for all written submissions (unless advised otherwise) as per the guidance below and also to use the standardized front sheet
GENERAL PRESENTATION FORMAT AND FONT GUIDANCE
Please ensure that UK English is used
Use a 25cm margin on the left and 2cm margins on the top right and bottom
Use 15 line spacing
Use Arial 12pt font
The first line of paragraphs must not be indented
Paragraphs must be separated by a 15 line space
Text in the main body of the document must be fully justified
Use a 10pt Arial footer left justified containing only your student number
Use page numbers positioned bottom centre in Arial 10pt font
Do not use a header unless instructed otherwise (eg for business reports)
Ensure that a consistent style is used throughout the document (eg for section
headings numbering and bullet point styles)
PRESENTATION OF TABLES FIGURES AND IMAGES
Tables and Figures should be referred to in the preceding text
Table headings should be positioned above the Table
Text within tables should be single line spaced and unjustified
Figure headings should be positioned below the Figure
Only use pictures photographs or images to demonstrate a point Do not use
pictures solely for aesthetic purposes These should be referred to as Figures
Ensure that images used are of reproducible quality (Avoid over expanding images
resulting in a low quality pixelatedgrainy image)
Tables and Figures should be understandable without preceding text therefore may
benefit from the addition of a legend containing explanatory text
17 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
REFERENCING
The Harvard Referencing System must be used (Refer to Plymouth Universityrsquos Cite
Them Rite httpwwwcitethemrightonlinecom for definitive guidance)
NEVER use bullet points in the reference list
It is acceptable to use single line spacing for the reference list
Do NOT use bibliographies (unless specifically required to do so)
WORD COUNT
Include the word count on the front sheet
A tolerance of 10 can be applied to the stipulated word count Deviations
exceeding plusmn10 will be penalised
Table 1 describes what is and is not included in the word count
Table 1 Summary of words included in and excluded from the word count
Included ExcludedAll in-text citation (including those in parentheses)
All direct quotes
All table headings Numerical data in tablesAll diagram headings and labels Reference list amp BibliographyAll textural footnotes Contents and CoverTitle pagesAll headings and sub-headings Appendices
SUBMISSION FORMAT
The standard front sheet format on the next page should be used for every
assessment submitted
18 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
PROGRAMME TITLE
MODULE CODE
MODULE TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TITLE
ASSIGNMENT TUTOR
STUDENT NAME
I have read and understood the Plymouth Universityrsquos policy on plagiarism
and the definitions of plagiarism
I understand that I will be penalised if I am found to have plagiarised the work
of others
I hereby give an undertaking that the presented work that I am submitting is
my own work and that any material quoted or paraphrased from other
sources including the internet will be identified as such and duly
acknowledged in the bibliographyreference list
This submission IS IS NOT (delete as appropriate depending on if you were
instructed to submit via Turnitin) accompanied by a Turnitin report
Signed Use an electronic signature here ndash please use an image not an
electronic free-hand version)
Date WORD COUNT
19 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Assessment submission process
The majority of your assessments should be submitted via the VLE (moodle) by the time specified on the assessment brief You are strongly discouraged from emailing assessments to staff and this should only be done in exceptional circumstances with prior agreement For hard copy submissions (such as log books portfolios and posters) you will be given the exact time and location of the submission)
For some of your assessments you may be required to submit your work to anti- plagiarism software such as Turnitinreg prior to submission This is a useful academic development tool it is not that we think you are cheating You will be informed when this is a requirement and given the appropriate training to enable you to do so
Submission deadlines
Remember that deadlines are deadlines and they should always be met If a piece of work is up to 24hours late a maximum mark of 40 will be awarded Work that is more than 24 hours late will be given a zero If however there are extenuating circumstances you should let your programme manager know as soon as possible
Resitting assessments
A fee is not charged for referral work if it is done during the referral period Resit modules are free if they are being undertaken following approved extenuating circumstances Modules that have to be re-sat as a second attempt are likely to attract a fee
Assessment feedback
A generic feedback form is used for all HE assessments This will be accompanied by standard appropriate assessment grading matrices The most commonly used is the ReportsEssays matrix shown below Other assessment matrices may be used depending on the nature of the assessment and these will be issued with the assessment brief Take time to examine these carefully ndash it will help you to know what is expected of you
20 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORMStudent NameNumber Assessor Name
Module Code and Title Assignment title and type
Total Mark Grade Assessor Comments
Further comments can be found on the submission
See assessment grading matrix over
Assessor Signature Date
Student Reflection and Action
Student Signature Date
To be completed if the Assessment Decision is subject to Internal Moderation
Internal Moderator Name
Signature Date
21 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
ASSESSMENT GRADING MATRIX FOR ESSAYSREPORTS
BAND
Select and deploy relevant knowledge showing understanding of relevant literatureresources
Analyse and evaluate information arguments and explanations and apply theory to practice
Construct arguments and explanations using a range of available evidence and communicate these in a clear structured manner making use of appropriate vocabulary citation and referencing
(85-100)
Outstanding
in addition to criteria in the 70-84 band the student
demonstrates comprehensive understanding of information extracted from recent current thinking in the subject area
suggests original interpretations or applications of theory
evaluates analyses and interprets information arguments and explanations with outstanding clarity and skill
reasons effectively towards a comprehensive and original conclusion
distils and critically evaluates evidence and communicate this concisely
(70-84)
Excellent
a thorough accurate knowledge with a clear and detailed understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
coverage of a wide range of relevant literatureresources
a high level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
rigorous and consistent application of relevant theory to practice
correctly distinguish relevant and important factors
integrate these factors into a balanced well-focused and convincing argumentexplanation
reason effectively towards an individual and informed conclusion
contain detailed citation and referencing
correctly use grammar punctuation and spelling
(60-69)
Very Good
a very good accurate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a very good awareness of a range of relevant literatureresources
a very good level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
consistent application of relevant theory to practice
identify the most important factors present a relevant
argumentexplanation clearly if at times lacking incisiveness
contain accurate citation and referencing
may contain occasional errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(50-59) a good knowledge and a good level of skill in identify some important factors
22 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Good
confident understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a good awareness of relevant literatureresources
interpretation analysis and evaluation
application of some theory to practice
present a logical argumentexplanation
contain correct citation and referencing
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(40-49)
Adequate
an adequate knowledge and understanding that meets module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
a limited awareness of relevant literatureresources
an adequate level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
adequate application of theory to practice
make an adequate attempt to distinguish relevant material
assemble it into a limited argumentexplanation
contain adequate citation and referencing that is generally accurate
may contain some errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(25-39)
Unsatisfactory
poor and generalised knowledge and understanding that does not meet module specific learning outcomes and assessment criteria
little or no awareness of relevant literatureresources
a poor level of skill in interpretation analysis and evaluation
inappropriate or inadequate application of theory to practice
make an inadequate attempt to shape an argumentexplanation at a basic level
lack logical structure andor be unselective
be uncitedunreferenced or display frequent errors in citationreferencing
may contain intrusive errors of grammar punctuation and spelling
(0-25)
Inadequate at HE level X
No attempt to use relevant literature
Little or no relevant factual content
Has little apparent understanding of the concepts relevant to this area of study
Little or no interpretation or analysis of information
Little or no idea of relevant theoretical background or its application
No conventional structure to report Spelling grammatical errors
make report incomprehensible Explanations illogical or non-
existent
23 | P a g eStudent Handbook ndash BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top-Up)
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Modified assessment provision
If you think that you should receive any modified assessment provision you must notify your module leaders and programme manager as soon as possible
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria on each of your assessments which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map in the Programme Specification in the programme Quality handbook for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment
24 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
CORD301 Portfolio 70 Poster 30
CORD321 Report 80 Logbook 10 Viva voce examination 10
CORD322 Exam 50 Essay and Industry facing document 50
Students must choose 2 of the following optional modules
CORD305 Essay 50 Video and reports 50
CORD320 Written assessment (choice) 50
Practical element (choice) 50
CORD327 Essay 40 Reports 40 Practical 20
25 | P a g eBSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) Handbook 2016-17
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 26
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 27
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 28
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 29
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 30
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
Partner Delivering Institution Duchy College ndash Stoke Climsland
Start Date September 2015
First Award Date July 2016
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 02 September 2015
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 31
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Duchy College ndash Stoke ClimslandAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)UCAS Code D427JACS Code D427Benchmarks The following frameworks were used to inform
the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications (FHEQ)QAA Subject Benchmark in Biosciences (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Psychology (2007)QAA Subject Benchmark in Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)The Aims and Objectives of the International Society for Equitation Science
Date of Programme Approval April 2015
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 32
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme focuses on the varied and exciting area of equitation science and is designed for those who wish to further their knowledge of equitation practice and horse welfare This programme is a guaranteed progression for Plymouth University FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour students and FdSc Equine Studies students Equine and Animal Science students who have completed up to a minimum of level 5 elsewhere are also encouraged to apply
As part of the undergraduate and postgraduate suite of Equitation Science programmes this course investigates aspects of equitation that have been taken for granted for many years applying theory to practice and making substantial use of real life scenarios and case studies The BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme is based on an exciting mixture of applied research and applied practice and places a strong emphasis on developing a critical appreciation of a wide range of aspects of current and emerging equitation practice
Students undertaking this top up programme will examine the critical contributions of existing knowledge and theories in biology psychology philosophy and technology in the context of evaluating and improving practice in relation to the use management and education of equids in a variety of contexts On graduating BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science students will be well equipped to become advanced practitioners and proficient problem solvers with the knowledge confidence and skills needed to effect change in traditional equestrian environments These students will have demonstrable advanced applied knowledge which can be used to improve practice at all levels of the equine industry
The programme includes a substantial honours project enabling students to carry out a detailed investigation of an area of their choice within the equitation science discipline Where appropriate projects will also be supported by industry professionals and leading international equitation science practitioners Other areas covered in this programme include equitation science contemporary equine veterinary issues equine learning and psychology and both equine and rider performance
Throughout the programme students will have the opportunity to become involved in applied practice and applied research identified by the International Society for Equitation Science across all modules In addition there will be opportunities to continue the development of personal and professional skills and periods of work-related learning in industry are strongly encouraged and closely supported
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 33
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
NA
PS5 Programme AimsThis programme will deliver
A1 knowledge and understanding
PA1 a contemporary curriculum relating to the emergent academic discipline of Equitation Science
PA2 an opportunity to develop an enthusiasm for the science underpinning equitation and generate a working appreciation of the importance of the multidisciplinary approach needed in the academic study of Equitation Science
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
PA3 the opportunity to assimilate existing scientific knowledge in relation to practical problems in order to promote the welfare of the horse used in equitation
PA4 promotion of the application of concepts from the Equitation Science discipline in a range of normal and novel contexts
A3 key transferable skills
PA5 development of the ability to convey ideas effectively using a variety of communication modes
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
PA6 graduates who can critically appraise and evaluate information in order to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to lsquopromote and encourage the application of objective research and advanced practice which will ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humansrsquo
A5 practical skills
PA7 graduates who are capable of independent learning and capable of operating in an autonomous manner
The programme aims have been carefully developed in order to ensure that they address the key skills related areas highlighted in the programme aims (under A1-A5) The following aspects and drivers have been integrated in the design of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme
Industry relevance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 34
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Contemporary content Flexible and adaptable delivery allowing response to emerging issues and actions needed within equitation science on a
national and international level Fully embedded ethos of work related learning
Staffing by industry practitioners who are also suitably academically qualified Incorporation of the central tenets of the academic practical and industry-focussed equitation science discipline
Provision of a vehicle for progression to masters (level 7) Development the skills of reflective practice
Production of industry ready graduates
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)By the end of this programme the student will be able to
A1 knowledge and understanding
ILO1 comprehensively understand the critical importance of biology psychology philosophy and technology as underpinning of in contributing to knowledge within equid management and equestrianism
ILO2 appreciate the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline and its importance to the successful application of training methodologies and the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
A2 cognitive and intellectual skills
ILO3 critically assess literature and evaluate the reliability and validity of evidence in order to develop a reasoned and informed argument when considering existing and future equid-related practice
ILO4 synthesise and evaluate evidence-based scientific knowledge from a range of sources in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems in order to ultimately improve the welfare of horses in their associations with humans
A3 key transferable skills
ILO5 communicate and demonstrate the findings of research and practice based on appropriately acquired organized and analysed information to a wide range of audiences
A4 employability and CPDlifelong learning
ILO6 evaluate and reflect on the effectiveness of a range of professional and personal skills enabling autonomous working working with others progression to further study and securing employment
A5 practical skills
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 35
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
ILO7 critically appraise current equestrian and equitation practices in terms of equine education and training behaviour performance and welfare in a range of typical and novel contexts
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
This BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science programme
has been developed specifically to contribute to the mission of the International Society for Equitation Science to advance practice within the ever changing equine Industry
Allows students to develop their critical skills in order to contribute to innovative and boundary-pushing industry practice
allows students to develop a high level of autonomy and encourages them to pursue their own areas of interest throughout the modules on their programme and their Honours Project
allows students to develop and demonstrate advanced practice with the management and handling of equids
encourages and enables students to gain positions within industry in which they can positively contribute to the advancement of equestrian and equitation practice
promotes student input into the future direction and application of Equitation Science
In addition the programme benefits from
well-established connections with local national and international equine organisations and practitioners providing excellent opportunities for students to develop the knowledge skills and links necessary for employment in the field
staff who are experienced and active equitation science practitioners who have established track records within their particular equitation discipline
strong pastoral support and small group teaching delivered by readily accessible academic and support staff
bespoke equitation science related resources and equipment
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 36
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 12
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage = 25 (physical limitations ndash classroom size)
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates of the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up) programme may progress onto the MSc Equitation Science or exceptionally the Research Masters (Equitation Science) subject to academic performance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 37
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
FdSc
Students with a relevant FdSc comprising 120 level 4 and 120 level 5 credits will be considered for this programme
Work Experience Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Assessed on application and considered on individual merit
APEL APCL4 possibilitiesAPL may be appropriate but will be dealt with on an individual basis in accordance with the Plymouth University Academic Regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students without qualifications noted above will have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Disabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more student-centred the college requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the programme manager
The programme may require some physical activities (eg handling horses andor equipment) to be carried out as part of the curriculum and training Candidates with any concerns about this should discuss these issues at interview and enquire about college support systems The college will undertake to make all reasonable adjustments to facilitate students with disabilities
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service required No DBS clearance is required
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 38
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s) The modules in this programme will be covered by the two Subject External Examiners who between them will examine the undergraduate level Equitation Science provision
An indicative allocation of these modules follows
External Examiner 1 (in place) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD178 Equine Business Management 10CORD1026 Equid Structure and Function 20
CORD1028 Equine Industry Practice amp Welfare 20
CORD1027 Introduction to Equine Science 20
CORD1025 Evidence-Based Communication in the Equine Industry 10
CORD2073 Principles of Equitation Science 20
CORD2061 Equine Nutrition and Physiology 20
CORD2064 Equine Business and Resource Management 20
CORD321 Honours Project 40
CORD305 Applied Rider Performance 20
CORD327 Applied Equine Learning amp Psychology 20
CORD320 Managing Equine Performance 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 39
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
External Examiner 2 (TBA) (Total = 240 credits)
Module code Module title CreditsCORD1021 Equine Anatomy 20CORD1022 Animal Welfare and Legislation 20
CORD1023 Principles of Behaviour and Training 20
CORD1024 Animal Biology 20
CORD2074 Application of Training Principles 20
CORD2065 Equine Health and Rehabilitation 20
CORD2077 Contemporary Issues in Equestrianism 20
CORD301 Equitation Science 20
CORD322 Veterinary Issues 20
CORD325 The Science of Rider Performance 20
CORD324 Advanced Horse Psychology 20
CORD308 Personal Development Planning 20
TOTAL (Credits) 240Please note the modules listed in normal font are in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme Modules that are in the BSc (Hons) Equitation Science 3 year programme andor the FdSc Equitation Training and Behaviour programme and not in the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up
programme are italicised and included for completeness
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 40
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
A number of stakeholders will contribute to the maintenance of the standards and quality of the programme
Students ndash through the Student Representative system via Programme Committees Student Reviews and other feedback opportunities including module reviews and formal programme level surveys including the annual SPQ (Plymouth University) and the annual NSS
Staff (Industry) ndash as a result of the regular industry contact maintained by the primary staff for this programme delivery and programme management staff are well placed to contribute to the assurance of the quality of the programme in terms of industry relevance and contemporary thinking and practice (This aligns with the assurance of the Quality of the Learning Opportunities for the students)
Staff (Quality) ndash one of the primary staff responsible for this programme is an experienced QAA reviewer and therefore able to contribute to the assurance of the Academic Standards notably their management on the programme
Employers - the College operates regular Employer Advisory meetings These have been reconfigured and now focus strongly on industry requirements putting the programme staff in a stronger position to ensure the work- relatedness of the HE programmes and to future proof the employability of the programmes graduates
ISES ndash The International Society for Equitation Science recognises that the only degree level provision in equitation science is located at Duchy College in the UK As a learned society that also has practitioner members in its membership it makes an active input into the programmes in the equitation science portfolio at Duchy College
Alumni ndash There is a relatively large number of BSc level equitation science graduates who make up an active Equitation Science alumni Many of them contribute to the production of marketing materials and many are active ambassadors for the equitation science programmes at Duchy College
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 41
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary IssuesYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine Performance
FHEQ Level Level 6 For BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 All year CORE 20 CORD301 - Equitation ScienceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD305 ndash Applied Rider PerformanceYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD327 ndash Applied Equine Learning and PsychologyYear 1 All year OPTION 20 CORD320 ndash Managing Equine PerformanceYear 2 All year CORE 40 CORD321 ndash Honours ProjectYear 2 All year CORE 20 CORD322 ndash Veterinary Issues
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 42
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of their area(s) of study and the way in which those principles have developed knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in their subject(s) and an understanding of the limits of their knowledge and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge
the importance of the recall of knowledge based on the directly taught programme with some evidence of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 43
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
wider enquiry (Ag+)
subject-specific theories paradigms concepts and principles as well as some understanding of more specialised areas (Ag+)
the importance of a comprehensive understanding of Equitation Science related phenomena at a variety of levels (Bio)
the importance of conducting a substantial independent piece of work (eg an Honours project) (Bio)
the construction of reasoned arguments to support their position on the ethical and social impact of advances in the biosciences in general and equitation science in particular (Bio)
The need to encourage appropriate links between applied animal behaviour science veterinary science psychology
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 44
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
and other disciplines (for example sports science) and the discipline of Equitation Science (ISES)
the need to contribute to the establishment of a pool of expertise to national governments international bodies industry and to those equine welfare organizations which deal with problems involving equine behaviour training and welfare and to encourage the assimilation of scientific knowledge so as to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems concerning the way horses are trained managed housed and cared for (ISES)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary
Lectures and tutorialsPA1
ILO1 ILO2 Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a
CORD301
CORD301
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 45
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the underpinning philosophy and role of Equitation Science in contributing to knowledge
the multi factorial nature of the Equitation Science discipline
the importance of Equitation Science in the assurance of equine welfare at all levels
the theoretical and practical application of the principles of Equitation Science within the equine sphere
Directed independent study
Learning from work experience
SecondarySupplementary Contemporaneous in class
activities Problem-solving exercises Consultancy
PA2combination of essays reports portfolio examinations presentations and seminar performances
CORD321
CORD301 CORD322
CORD321 CORD301
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to evaluate and synthesise knowledge and understanding within level 6 of the programme in a variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
Cognitive and intellectual access and evaluate relevant
information from a variety of sources and to communicate the principles of Equitation Science both orally and in writing (eg essays experimental reports) in a way that is well organised topical and recognises the limits of current hypotheses (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 46
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
critically appraise academic literature and other sources of information (Ag+)
demonstrate ability to define problems devise and evaluate solutions in both routine and unfamiliar contexts (Ag+)
demonstrate the ability to consider issues from a range of multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary perspectives and to draw on appropriate concepts and values in arriving at a critical assessment (Ag+)
define a suitable and effective sampling procedure and analyse synthesise summarise and evaluate information (Ag+)
apply relevant advanced numerical skills (including statistical analysis where appropriate) to biological and sociological data (Bio)
integrate lines of evidence from a range of sources to support findings and
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 47
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
hypotheses
understand risk and Health and Safety implications (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
critically analyse literature and apply that knowledge to understanding of Equitation Science
assess the reliability and validity of evidence
develop a reasoned and informed argument
identify formulate and resolve problems
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgeries Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
PA3 PA4 ILO3 ILO4 Key cognitive and intellectual skills is assessed via a combination of Coursework Examinations andProblem solving activities
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 48
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
synthesise and evaluate information from a wide range of sources
assimilate scientific knowledge in order to facilitate its use in relation to practical problems
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to utilize cognitive and intellectual skills within level 6 of the programme interpreting novel data derived from a range of variety of industry contexts through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programmeKey Transferable Skills
demonstrate as an ability to manage their time effectively solve problems and learn autonomously (Bio)
recognise and use a range of information sources effectively (Ag+)
critically assess the quality of evidence (Bio)
apply well-developed strategies for updating maintaining and enhancing their knowledge (Bio)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 49
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recognise and be able to comment on the moral and ethical issues associated with the subject (Ag+)
contribute coherently to group discussions and listen attentively to others (Ag+)
communicate effectively to audiences in written graphical and verbal forms (Ag+)
use computer packages selectively handle electronic information and to convey information effectively (Ag+)
understand and apply professional codes of conduct (Ag+)
accept responsibility for ones actions (Ag+)
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 50
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
identify and work towards targets for personal career and academic development (Ag+)
take a responsible adaptable and flexible approach to study and work (Ag+)
develop the skills necessary for self- managed and lifelong learning (eg independent study time management organisational skills) (Ag+)
analyse personal strengths and weaknesses (Ag+)
SOURCES Biosciences (2007) and Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Primary In class exercises Tutorialseminar
PA5 ILO5 Key transferable skills is assessed via a
CORD301 CORD321
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 51
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
utilise appropriate ICT technologies including the internet and appropriate software and hardware
communicate ideas principles and theories effectively by oral written and visual means
search for acquire collate and organise information from a variety of sources
analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data
work independently and learn autonomously
operate effectively in groups providing peer support as appropriate
apply acquired skills to new contexts
reflect upon their learning and evaluate their personal strengths and weaknesses on an ongoing basis
discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice
analysis in surgery Utilisation of appropriate
technology and subsequent application of results
combination of
Written assessments of all types ndash the majority of which are adaptable to an industry audience
Discussion Successful
implementation of consultancy recommendations and conclusion
Group work Presentations
CORD322
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to make the judicious use of key transferable skills to deal with novel scenarios during the teaching and assessment of level 6 of
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 52
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
the programmeEmployment Related Skills
Convey the multi factorial nature of Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience (ISES)
Implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts (ISES)
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills (Ag+)
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals (Ag+)
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member (Ag+)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 53
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Benchmark (FDQB) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass convey the multi factorial nature of
Equitation Science to a wide ranging equine audience
implement appropriate translation of key academic principles findings in a variety of equine contexts
demonstrate interpersonal and team work skills
organise a team effectively and contribute effectively to team work through the identification of individual and collective goals
recognise and respect the views of others and reflect on performance as an individual and team member
Primary Project oral presentation Coursework reports Competency based skill
trainingSecondarySupplementary Discussions with visiting
speakers and non-academic personnel
PA6 ILO6 Individual discussion (continuous during tutorial)
Professional Development Planning
Individual reflection
All ILOs will be met through CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
ALL supported by tutorial discussion support and guidance
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 54
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to effectively apply employability skills developed through the teaching and assessment of this level level 6 of the programmePractical Skills
demonstrate the proficiencies needed in a broad range of appropriate practical techniques and skills relevant to Equitation Science This will include the ability to place the work in context and to suggest lines of further investigation (Bio)
plan conduct and present an independent investigation with some reliance on guidance (Ag+)
use appropriate data capture methods (Ag+)
use appropriate technology to address problems efficiently (Ag+)
select apply and utilise a range of appropriate equitation equipment andor training methodologies to solve problems competently and safely (Ag+)
describe clearly and record accurately in the field and laboratory (Ag+)
interpret practical results in a logical manner (Ag+)
evaluate the progress of implemented
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 55
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
recommendations (ISES)
SOURCES Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark (FDQB) Biosciences (2007) Agriculture horticulture forestry food and consumer sciences (2009) and the ISES Mission statement
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
primary and secondary data collection in a range of natural experimental and competitive environments
appropriateinformed analysis of quantitative and qualitative data
apply the concepts and principles of Equitation Science to novel issues and situations
plan design execute and report on an original research investigation
Primary Field work Projects Designated tasks Learning from work Competency based skill
training
SecondarySupplementary Lectures and tutorials Competency based skill
assessment
PA7 ILO 7 Practical skills are assessed via ability to display competenceProduction of reports as appropriate
CORD301 CORD321 CORD322
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeStudents will have demonstrated an ability to employ practical skills within level 6 of the programme through the delivery and assessment at this level of the programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 56
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
Work-Based Learning (WBL) There is no formal requirement for a period of Work-Based Learning on the BSc (Hons) Equitation Top Up programme Work-Based Learning is not embedded within the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top UP programme However all students enrolled on the programme are strongly encouraged to seek relevant employment alongside their programme of study The College takes no responsibility for sourcing or checkingapproving places of employment that are not a formal part of the programme of study It is made clear to students that no marks are apportioned to time spent in industry outside of the academic programme
Work-Related Learning (WRL) There is a strong focus placed upon the need for undergraduate Equitation Science students to fully appreciated work-related aspects of their chosen area of study The majority of modules therefore include at least one element of work related activity whether that takes place within the Collegersquos own Equestrian Centre or elsewhere within the locality region or nationally (and exceptionally internationally) The range of intended activities are listed below for the BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 57
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
FHEQ level Level 6
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Visits
Guest speakers
Industry embedded recipients for assessed work (not assessors)
The level 6 timetableschedule is also carefully organised to ensure that students are exposed to and benefit from a range of links to and with the wider industry in which their programme is located
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4
PA5 PA6
PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 P6 PA7
ILOs 1-4
ILOs 5-6
ILOs 1-7
Report and logbook
Industry facing document delivered to industry professionals and related personnel (Veterinary and clients)
ReportsHandout for practitioners
Invention for practitioners
CORD321
CORD322
CORD301
CORD301
An explanation of this mapEquitation science requires knowledge and understanding of both practical and academic information The overall BSc Equitation Science Top Up programme is carefully designed in order to ensure that students develop both their practical and academic skills both of which need to be thoroughly embedded within industry Less work related provision is included in level 6 although all of the OPTION modules require an element of work related activity in their assessment strategies (All students select two of the three option modules) These are explicitly horse andor rider focussed and will contribute towards the production of employable graduates from this programme
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 58
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
Last Saved 08 August 2016
BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science Top Up (02 September 2015) Page 59
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Applied Equitation Science (Top Up)
- 2 Programme Team
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
- 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- HE ASSESSMENT FEEDBACK FORM
- Student NameNumber Assessor Name
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification
-
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- PS14 Work Based Related Learning
-
top related